ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.87
Committed: Wed Feb 16 08:09:06 2011 UTC (13 years, 3 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
CVS Tags: rel-4_04, EV_rel-4_10
Changes since 1.86: +2 -2 lines
Log Message:
4.04

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.79 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41     'br\}
42     .\"
43 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
44     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
45     .el .ds Aq '
46     .\"
47 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
48 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
49 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
50     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
51 root 1.60 .ie \nF \{\
52 root 1.1 . de IX
53     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
54     ..
55     . nr % 0
56     . rr F
57     .\}
58 root 1.60 .el \{\
59     . de IX
60     ..
61     .\}
62 root 1.1 .\"
63     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
64     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
65     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
66     .if n \{\
67     . ds #H 0
68     . ds #V .8m
69     . ds #F .3m
70     . ds #[ \f1
71     . ds #] \fP
72     .\}
73     .if t \{\
74     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
75     . ds #V .6m
76     . ds #F 0
77     . ds #[ \&
78     . ds #] \&
79     .\}
80     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
81     .if n \{\
82     . ds ' \&
83     . ds ` \&
84     . ds ^ \&
85     . ds , \&
86     . ds ~ ~
87     . ds /
88     .\}
89     .if t \{\
90     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
91     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
92     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
93     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
94     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
95     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
96     .\}
97     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
98     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
99     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
100     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
101     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
102     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
103     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
104     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
105     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
106     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
107     . \" corrections for vroff
108     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
109     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
110     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
111     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
112     \{\
113     . ds : e
114     . ds 8 ss
115     . ds o a
116     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
117     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
118     . ds th \o'bp'
119     . ds Th \o'LP'
120     . ds ae ae
121     . ds Ae AE
122     .\}
123     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
124     .\" ========================================================================
125     .\"
126 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
127 root 1.87 .TH LIBEV 3 "2011-02-16" "libev-4.04" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
128 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
129     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
130     .if n .ad l
131     .nh
132 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
133     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
134     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
135     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
136 root 1.28 .Vb 1
137 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
138 root 1.28 .Ve
139 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0"
140 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
141 root 1.61 .Vb 2
142 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
143     \& #include <ev.h>
144 root 1.60 \&
145 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
146     \&
147 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
148 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
149 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
150     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
151     \&
152     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
153     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
154     \& static void
155 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
156 root 1.68 \& {
157     \& puts ("stdin ready");
158     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
159     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
160     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
161     \&
162 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
163     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
164 root 1.68 \& }
165     \&
166     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
167     \& static void
168 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
169 root 1.68 \& {
170     \& puts ("timeout");
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& int
176     \& main (void)
177     \& {
178     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
179 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
180 root 1.68 \&
181     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
182     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
183     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
184     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
185     \&
186     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
187     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
188     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
189     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
190     \&
191     \& // now wait for events to arrive
192 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
193 root 1.68 \&
194 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
195 root 1.68 \& return 0;
196     \& }
197 root 1.27 .Ve
198 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
199     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
200     This document documents the libev software package.
201     .PP
202 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
203 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
204 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
205 root 1.39 .PP
206 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
207     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
208     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
209     with libev.
210     .PP
211 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
212 root 1.78 throughout this document.
213 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
214     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
215     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
216     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
217     reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R", then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0\*(R" above and
218     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\*(R" and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1TYPES\s0\*(R".
220 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
221     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
222 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
223 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
224 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
225     .PP
226     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
227     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
228     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
229     .PP
230     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
231     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
232     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
233     watcher.
234 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
235 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
236 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
237     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
238     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
239 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
240     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
241     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
242     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
243     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
244     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
245     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
246     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
247 root 1.28 .PP
248     It also is quite fast (see this
249 root 1.79 <benchmark> comparing it to libevent
250 root 1.28 for example).
251 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
252 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
253 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
254     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
255     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
256     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
257     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
258 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
259 root 1.61 this argument.
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1TIME\s0 \s-1REPRESENTATION\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
262 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
263 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
264     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
265     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
266     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
267     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
268     .PP
269     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
270     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
271 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
272     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
273     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
274     and internal errors (bugs).
275     .PP
276     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
277 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
278 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
279     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
280     ()\*(C'\fR.
281     .PP
282     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
283     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
284     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
285     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
286     .PP
287     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
288     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
289     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
290 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
291     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
292     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
293     library in any way.
294     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
295     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
296 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
297     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
298 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
299     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_update_now\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
300 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
301     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
302 root 1.56 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked until
303     either it is interrupted or the given time interval has passed. Basically
304 root 1.68 this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
305 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
306     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
307     .PD 0
308     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
309     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
310     .PD
311 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
312 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
313     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
314     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
315     version of the library your program was compiled against.
316     .Sp
317 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
318     release version.
319 root 1.47 .Sp
320 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
321 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
322 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
323     not a problem.
324 root 1.9 .Sp
325 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
326 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
327     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
328 root 1.9 .Sp
329     .Vb 3
330 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
331     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
332     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
333 root 1.9 .Ve
334 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
335     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
336     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
337     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
338     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
339     a description of the set values.
340 root 1.9 .Sp
341     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
342     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
343     .Sp
344     .Vb 2
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
346     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
347 root 1.9 .Ve
348 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
349     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
350 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
351     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
352     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
353     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
354     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
355     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
356     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
357 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
358     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
359     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
360 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
361     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
362     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
363     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
364 root 1.10 .Sp
365     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
366 root 1.84 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))" 4
367     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))"
368 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
369 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
370     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
371     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
372     or take some potentially destructive action.
373     .Sp
374     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
375     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
376     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
377 root 1.1 .Sp
378     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
379     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
380     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
381 root 1.9 .Sp
382 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
383 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
384 root 1.9 .Sp
385     .Vb 6
386     \& static void *
387 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
388 root 1.9 \& {
389     \& for (;;)
390     \& {
391     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
392 root 1.60 \&
393 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
394     \& return newptr;
395 root 1.60 \&
396 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
397     \& }
398     \& }
399 root 1.60 \&
400 root 1.9 \& ...
401     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
402     .Ve
403 root 1.84 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))" 4
404     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))"
405 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
406 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
407     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
408 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
409 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
410     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
411     (such as abort).
412 root 1.9 .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
414 root 1.9 .Sp
415     .Vb 6
416     \& static void
417     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
418     \& {
419     \& perror (msg);
420     \& abort ();
421     \& }
422 root 1.60 \&
423 root 1.9 \& ...
424     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
425     .Ve
426 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
427     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
428     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
429     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
430     handlers or random threads.
431     .Sp
432     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
433     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
434     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
435     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
436     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
437     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
438 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
439     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
440     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
441     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
442     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
443 root 1.73 .PP
444     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
445 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
446     do not.
447 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
448     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
449 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
450     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
451     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
452     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
453     .Sp
454     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
455     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
456     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
457     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
458     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
459 root 1.1 .Sp
460     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
461 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
462 root 1.1 .Sp
463 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
464 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
465     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
466     threads anyway).
467     .Sp
468     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
469     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
470     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
471     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
472     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
473     .Sp
474     Example: This is the most typical usage.
475     .Sp
476     .Vb 2
477     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
478     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
479     .Ve
480     .Sp
481     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
482     environment settings to be taken into account:
483     .Sp
484     .Vb 1
485     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
486     .Ve
487     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
488     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
489     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
490     could not be initialised, returns false.
491 root 1.63 .Sp
492 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
493     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
494     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
495 root 1.60 .Sp
496 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
497 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
498 root 1.1 .Sp
499 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
500 root 1.1 .RS 4
501     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
502     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
503     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
504     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
505     thing, believe me).
506     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
507     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
508     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
509 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
510 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
511     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
512     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
513     useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work
514     around bugs.
515 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
516     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
517     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
518 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
519     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
520 root 1.35 .Sp
521     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
522     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
523 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
524 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
525 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
526 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
527     .Sp
528     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
529     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
530     flag.
531     .Sp
532 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
533 root 1.35 environment variable.
534 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
535     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
536     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
537     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
538 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
539 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
540     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
541 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
542     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
543     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
544     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
545 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
546 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
547     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
548     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
549     threads that are not interested in handling them.
550     .Sp
551     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
552     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
553     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
554 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
555     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
556     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
557     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
558     mask. Specifically, this means you ahve to make sure signals are unblocked
559     when you want to receive them.
560     .Sp
561     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
562     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
563     unblocking the signals.
564     .Sp
565 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
566     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
567     .Sp
568 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
569 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
570     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
571     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
572 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
573     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
574     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
575 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
576 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
577 root 1.58 .Sp
578     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
579 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
580 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
581     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
582     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
583 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
584 root 1.71 .Sp
585     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
586     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
587     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
588 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
589     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
590     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
591 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
592     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
593     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
594     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
595     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
596     performance tips.
597 root 1.71 .Sp
598     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
599     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
600 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
601     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
602     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
603 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
604     kernels).
605     .Sp
606 root 1.3 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select,
607 root 1.54 but it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale
608     like O(total_fds) where n is the total number of fds (or the highest fd),
609 root 1.73 epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
610     .Sp
611     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
612     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
613     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
614 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
615     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
616     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
617     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
618     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
619     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
620     and is of course hard to detect.
621 root 1.73 .Sp
622     Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work, but
623     of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for totally
624     \&\fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so one cannot
625     even remove them from the set) than registered in the set (especially
626     on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious notifications by
627     employing an additional generation counter and comparing that against the
628 root 1.82 events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set when required. Last
629     not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
630     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
631 root 1.3 .Sp
632 root 1.85 Epoll is truly the train wreck analog among event poll mechanisms,
633     a frankenpoll, cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or
634     interaction with others.
635 root 1.84 .Sp
636 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
637 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
638     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
639     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
640     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
641     file descriptors.
642 root 1.58 .Sp
643     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
644 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
645     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
646     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
647 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
648     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
649     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
650 root 1.58 .Sp
651 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
652     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
653     the usage. So sad.
654     .Sp
655 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
656 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
657 root 1.71 .Sp
658     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
659     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
660 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
661     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
662     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
663 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
664     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
665     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
666     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
667     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
668     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
669     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
670     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
671     system like NetBSD.
672 root 1.3 .Sp
673 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
674     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
675     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
676     .Sp
677 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
678 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
679     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
680 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
681 root 1.73 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (but
682     sane, unlike epoll) and it drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect
683     cases
684 root 1.58 .Sp
685     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
686     .Sp
687     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
688     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
689     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
690     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
691 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
692     also broken on \s-1OS\s0 X)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
693 root 1.71 .Sp
694     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
695     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
696     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
697 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
698     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
699     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
700 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
701     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
702     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
703     immensely.
704 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
705     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
706     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
707 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
708 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
709 root 1.7 .Sp
710 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
711     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
712     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
713     might perform better.
714 root 1.60 .Sp
715 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
716     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
717     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
718     hacks).
719     .Sp
720     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
721     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
722     function sometimes returning events to the caller even though an error
723     occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
724     even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where
725     you absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you
726     have to re-arm the watcher.
727     .Sp
728     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
729 root 1.71 .Sp
730     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
731     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
732 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
733     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
734     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
735 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
736     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
737 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
738 root 1.58 .Sp
739 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
740     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
741     at all.
742     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
743     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
744     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
745     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
746     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
747     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
748 root 1.1 .RE
749     .RS 4
750 root 1.3 .Sp
751 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
752     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
753     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
754     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
755 root 1.8 .Sp
756 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
757 root 1.8 .Sp
758 root 1.82 .Vb 3
759     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
760     \& if (!epoller)
761     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
762 root 1.8 .Ve
763     .Sp
764 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
765 root 1.82 used if available.
766 root 1.8 .Sp
767     .Vb 1
768 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
769 root 1.8 .Ve
770 root 1.1 .RE
771 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
772     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
773     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
774 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
775     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
776 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
777 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
778 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
779 root 1.12 for example).
780 root 1.52 .Sp
781 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
782     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
783     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
784 root 1.52 .Sp
785 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
786     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
787     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
788     .Sp
789     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
790 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
791 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
792     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
793     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
794     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
795     This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations to
796     reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
797 root 1.60 name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
798 root 1.82 the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the
799     child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
800     .Sp
801     Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
802     a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
803     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
804     during fork.
805 root 1.60 .Sp
806     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
807 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
808     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
809     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
810     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
811     costly reset of the backend).
812 root 1.1 .Sp
813     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
814 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
815     .Sp
816     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
817     using pthreads.
818 root 1.1 .Sp
819 root 1.82 .Vb 5
820     \& static void
821     \& post_fork_child (void)
822     \& {
823     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
824     \& }
825     \&
826     \& ...
827     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
828 root 1.1 .Ve
829 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
830     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
831 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
832     otherwise.
833 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
834     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
835     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
836     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
837     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
838 root 1.37 .Sp
839     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
840     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
841 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
842     prepare and check phases.
843     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
844     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
845     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
846 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
847 root 1.79 .Sp
848 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
849     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
850 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
851     .Sp
852 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
853     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
854     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
855     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
856 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
857     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
858     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
859 root 1.1 use.
860     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
861     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
862     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
863 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
864     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
865     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
866 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
867 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
868     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
869     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
870     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
871 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
872 root 1.71 .Sp
873     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
874     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
875     the current time is a good idea.
876     .Sp
877     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
878 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
879     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
880     .PD 0
881     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
882     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
883     .PD
884 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
885     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
886 root 1.78 .Sp
887     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
888     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
889     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
890     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
891     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
892     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
893     .Sp
894     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
895     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
896     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
897 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
898 root 1.78 .Sp
899     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
900     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
901     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
902     .Sp
903     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
904     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
905 root 1.82 .IP "ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
906     .IX Item "ev_run (loop, int flags)"
907 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
908 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
909 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
910     the watcher callbacks, an then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
911     is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
912 root 1.1 .Sp
913 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
914     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
915     called.
916 root 1.1 .Sp
917 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
918 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
919 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
920     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
921     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
922     beauty.
923 root 1.9 .Sp
924 root 1.85 This function is also \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of
925     a \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
926     exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
927     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
928     .Sp
929 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
930     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
931     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
932     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
933     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
934 root 1.1 .Sp
935 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
936 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
937     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
938 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
939 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
940     iteration of the loop.
941     .Sp
942     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
943     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
944 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
945 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
946     .Sp
947 root 1.82 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does:
948 root 1.8 .Sp
949 root 1.60 .Vb 10
950 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
951     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
952 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
953 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
954     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
955 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
956 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
957 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
958 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
959     \& as to not disturb the other process.
960 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
961 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
962 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
963 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
964 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
965     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
966 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
967 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
968     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
969 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
970     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
971     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
972 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
973 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
974     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
975 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
976     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
977 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
978     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
979     \& continue with step LOOP.
980     \& FINISH:
981     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
982     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
983     \& \- Return.
984 root 1.2 .Ve
985 root 1.9 .Sp
986 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
987 root 1.9 anymore.
988     .Sp
989     .Vb 4
990     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
991     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
992 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
993 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
994 root 1.9 .Ve
995 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
996     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
997     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
998 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
999 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1000     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1001 root 1.60 .Sp
1002 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1003 root 1.72 .Sp
1004 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1005     which case it will have no effect.
1006 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1007     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1008     .PD 0
1009     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1010     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1011     .PD
1012     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1013     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1014 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1015 root 1.71 .Sp
1016 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1017 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1018 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1019     before stopping it.
1020 root 1.71 .Sp
1021 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1022 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1023 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1024     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1025     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1026     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1027     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1028     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1029     in the callback).
1030 root 1.9 .Sp
1031 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1032 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1033     .Sp
1034     .Vb 4
1035 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1036 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1037     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1038 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1039 root 1.9 .Ve
1040     .Sp
1041 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1042 root 1.9 .Sp
1043     .Vb 2
1044 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1045     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1046 root 1.9 .Ve
1047 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1048     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1049 root 1.56 .PD 0
1050 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1051     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1052 root 1.56 .PD
1053     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1054 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1055     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1056     latency.
1057 root 1.56 .Sp
1058     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1059 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1060     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1061     opportunities).
1062     .Sp
1063     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1064     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1065     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1066 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1067     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1068     .Sp
1069     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1070     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1071     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1072 root 1.58 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will be not affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1073 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1074     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1075     once per this interval, on average.
1076 root 1.56 .Sp
1077     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1078     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1079 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1080     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1081     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1082 root 1.56 .Sp
1083 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1084 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1085     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1086     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1087 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1088     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1089     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1090     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1091 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1092 root 1.71 .Sp
1093     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1094     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1095     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1096     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1097     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1098     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1099 root 1.79 .Sp
1100     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1101     more often than 100 times per second:
1102     .Sp
1103     .Vb 2
1104     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1105     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1106     .Ve
1107     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1108     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1109     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1110 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1111     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1112     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1113     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1114     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1115     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1116 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1117     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1118     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1119     are pending.
1120     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1121     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1122     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1123 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1124 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1125     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1126     .Sp
1127     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1128     callback.
1129     .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1130     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P), void (*acquire)(EV_P))"
1131     Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1132     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1133     each call to a libev function.
1134     .Sp
1135 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1136     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1137     loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`av_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1138     \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1139 root 1.79 .Sp
1140     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1141     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1142     afterwards.
1143     .Sp
1144     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1145     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1146     .Sp
1147     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1148     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1149     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1150     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1151 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1152 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1153     .Sp
1154 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1155 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1156     .Sp
1157     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1158     document.
1159     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1160     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1161     .PD 0
1162 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1163     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1164 root 1.79 .PD
1165     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1166     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1167 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1168 root 1.79 .Sp
1169     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1170     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1171     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1172     any other purpose as well.
1173 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1174     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1175 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1176 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1177 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1178     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1179     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1180 root 1.67 .Sp
1181     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1182     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1183     data structures consistent.
1184 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1185     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1186 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1187     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1188     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1189     .PP
1190 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1191     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1192     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1193     for that:
1194 root 1.1 .PP
1195     .Vb 5
1196 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1197 root 1.68 \& {
1198     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1199 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1200 root 1.68 \& }
1201     \&
1202     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1203 root 1.73 \&
1204     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1205     \&
1206 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1207     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1208     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1209 root 1.73 \&
1210 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1211 root 1.1 .Ve
1212     .PP
1213     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1214 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1215     stack).
1216     .PP
1217     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1218     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1219 root 1.1 .PP
1220 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1221     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1222     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1223     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1224     and/or writable).
1225 root 1.1 .PP
1226 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1227     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1228     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1229 root 1.1 .PP
1230     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1231 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1232 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1233 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1234 root 1.1 .PP
1235     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1236     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1237 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1238 root 1.1 .PP
1239     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1240     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1241     third argument.
1242     .PP
1243     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1244     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1245     are:
1246     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1247     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1248     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1249     .PD 0
1250     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1251     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1252     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1253     .PD
1254     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1255     writable.
1256 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1257     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1258     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1259 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1260     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1261     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1262     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1263     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1264     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1265     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1266     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1267     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1268     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1269     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1270     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1271     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1272 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1273     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1274     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1275     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1276 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1277     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1278     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1279     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1280     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1281     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1282     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1283     .PD 0
1284     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1285     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1286     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1287     .PD
1288 root 1.82 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts
1289 root 1.1 to gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just after
1290 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it invokes any callbacks for any
1291 root 1.1 received events. Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as
1292     many watchers as they want, and all of them will be taken into account
1293     (for example, a \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep
1294 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from blocking).
1295 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1296     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1297     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1298     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1299     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1300     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1301     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1302     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1303     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1304 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1305     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1306     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1307     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1308 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1309     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1310     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1311     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1312 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1313     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1314     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1315     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1316     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1317 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1318     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1319     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1320 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1321 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1322     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1323 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1324     .Sp
1325     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1326     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1327     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1328     bug in your program.
1329 root 1.1 .Sp
1330 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1331     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1332     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1333     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1334     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1335     thing, so beware.
1336 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1GENERIC\s0 \s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0"
1337 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1338 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1339     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1340     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1341     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1342     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1343     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1344     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1345     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1346     which rolls both calls into one.
1347     .Sp
1348     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1349     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1350     .Sp
1351 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1352 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1353 root 1.71 .Sp
1354     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1355     .Sp
1356     .Vb 3
1357     \& ev_io w;
1358     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1359     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1360     .Ve
1361 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1362     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1363     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1364 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1365     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1366     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1367     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1368     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1369     .Sp
1370     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1371     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1372 root 1.71 .Sp
1373     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1374 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1375     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1376     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1377 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1378     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1379 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1380 root 1.71 .Sp
1381     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1382     .Sp
1383     .Vb 1
1384     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1385     .Ve
1386 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1387     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1388     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1389 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1390     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1391 root 1.71 .Sp
1392     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1393     whole section.
1394     .Sp
1395     .Vb 1
1396     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1397     .Ve
1398 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1399     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1400     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1401 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1402     the watcher was active or not).
1403     .Sp
1404     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1405     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1406     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1407     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1408     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1409 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1410     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1411     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1412     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1413     it.
1414     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1415     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1416     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1417     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1418     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1419 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1420     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1421     it).
1422 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1423     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1424 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1425     .IP "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1426     .IX Item "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1427     Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1428     (modulo threads).
1429 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1430     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1431 root 1.37 .PD 0
1432     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1433     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1434     .PD
1435     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1436     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1437     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1438     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1439     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1440     .Sp
1441     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1442     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1443     .Sp
1444 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1445     pending.
1446     .Sp
1447 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1448     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1449     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1450     .Sp
1451 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1452     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1453     .Sp
1454 root 1.78 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0\*(R", below, for a more thorough treatment of
1455     priorities.
1456 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1457     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1458     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1459     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1460 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1461     callback.
1462 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1463     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1464 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1465     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1466 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1467 root 1.71 .Sp
1468     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1469     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1470 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1471     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1472     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1473     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1474     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1475     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1476     .Sp
1477     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1478     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1479     not started in the first place.
1480     .Sp
1481     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1482     functions that do not need a watcher.
1483 root 1.1 .PP
1484 root 1.85 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R" and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0
1485     \&\s-1OWN\s0 \s-1COMPOSITE\s0 \s-1WATCHERS\s0\*(R" idioms.
1486 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0"
1487     .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1488     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1489     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1490     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1491     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1492     .IP "initialiased" 4
1493     .IX Item "initialiased"
1494     Before a watcher can be registered with the event looop it has to be
1495     initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1496     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1497     .Sp
1498 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1499     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1500     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1501     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1502 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1503     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1504     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1505     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1506     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1507     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1508     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1509     .IP "pending" 4
1510     .IX Item "pending"
1511     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1512     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1513     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1514     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1515     callback.
1516     .Sp
1517     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1518     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1519     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1520     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1521     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1522     previous item still apply.
1523     .Sp
1524     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1525     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1526     active.
1527     .IP "stopped" 4
1528     .IX Item "stopped"
1529     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1530     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1531     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1532     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1533     freeing it is often a good idea.
1534     .Sp
1535     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1536 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1537     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1538     it again).
1539 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0"
1540 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1541     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1542     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1543     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1544     .PP
1545     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1546     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1547     range.
1548     .PP
1549     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1550     by event loops:
1551     .PP
1552     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1553     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1554     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1555     .PP
1556     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1557     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1558     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1559     before polling for new events.
1560     .PP
1561     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1562     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1563     .PP
1564     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1565     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1566     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1567     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1568     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1569     priority ones.
1570     .PP
1571     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1572     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1573     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1574     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1575     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1576     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1577     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1578     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1579     always, what you want).
1580     .PP
1581     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1582     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1583     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1584     required.
1585     .PP
1586     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1587     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1588     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1589     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1590 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1591 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1592     workable.
1593     .PP
1594     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1595     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1596     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1597     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1598     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1599     .PP
1600     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1601     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1602     other events are pending:
1603     .PP
1604     .Vb 2
1605     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1606     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1607     \&
1608     \& static void
1609     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1610     \& {
1611     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1612     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1613     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1614     \&
1615 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1616 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1617     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1618     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1619     \& }
1620     \&
1621     \& static void
1622 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1623 root 1.78 \& {
1624     \& // actual processing
1625     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1626     \&
1627     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1628     \& // we have handled the event
1629     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1630     \& }
1631     \&
1632     \& // initialisation
1633     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1634     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1635     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1636     .Ve
1637     .PP
1638     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1639     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1640     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1641     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1642     important ones.
1643 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1644     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1645     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1646 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1647     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1648     .PP
1649     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1650     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1651     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1652     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1653     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1654     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1655     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1656     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1657 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1658     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1659 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1660 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1661 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1662     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1663     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1664     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1665     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1666     receive future events.
1667 root 1.1 .PP
1668     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1669     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1670     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1671     required if you know what you are doing).
1672     .PP
1673 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1674 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1675 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1676 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1677     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1678     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1679     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1680 root 1.17 .PP
1681 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1682     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1683     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1684 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1685     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1686 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1687     indefinitely.
1688     .PP
1689     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1690 root 1.49 .PP
1691     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1692     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1693     .PP
1694 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1695 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1696     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1697 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1698     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1699     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1700     fact, a different file descriptor.
1701     .PP
1702     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1703     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1704     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1705     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1706     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1707     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1708     .PP
1709     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1710     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1711     optimisations to libev.
1712 root 1.50 .PP
1713 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1714     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1715 root 1.54 .PP
1716     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1717 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1718     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1719     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1720 root 1.54 .PP
1721 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1722     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1723 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1724     .PP
1725 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1726     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1727     .PP
1728     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1729     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1730     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1731     .PP
1732     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1733     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1734     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1735     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1736     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1737     .PP
1738     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1739     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1740     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1741     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1742     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1743     .PP
1744     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1745     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1746     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1747     convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT\s0, which is
1748     usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1749     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1750     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1751     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1752     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1753     .PP
1754     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1755     libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT\s0, or
1756     when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1757     reuse the same code path.
1758     .PP
1759 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1760     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1761     .PP
1762     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1763     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1764 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1765 root 1.54 .PP
1766 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1767     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1768     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1769 root 1.54 .PP
1770 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1771     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1772     .PP
1773 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1774     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1775     sent a \s-1SIGPIPE\s0, which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1776     this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1777 root 1.63 .PP
1778     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1779     ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1780     somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1781     .PP
1782 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1783     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1784     .PP
1785     Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1786     found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1787     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1788     .PP
1789     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1790     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1791     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1792     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1793     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1794     .PP
1795     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1796     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1797     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1798     cope with overload is known (to me).
1799     .PP
1800     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1801     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1802     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1803     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1804     .PP
1805     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1806     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1807     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1808     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1809     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1810     usage.
1811     .PP
1812     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1813     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1814     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1815     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1816     clients under typical overload conditions.
1817     .PP
1818     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1819     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1820     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1821     .PP
1822 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1823     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1824 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1825     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1826     .PD 0
1827     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1828     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1829     .PD
1830 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1831 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1832     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1833 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1834     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1835     The file descriptor being watched.
1836     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1837     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1838     The events being watched.
1839 root 1.9 .PP
1840 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1841     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1842     .PP
1843 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1844 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1845 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1846 root 1.9 .PP
1847     .Vb 6
1848 root 1.68 \& static void
1849 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1850 root 1.68 \& {
1851     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1852 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1853 root 1.68 \& }
1854     \&
1855     \& ...
1856     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1857 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1858 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1859     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1860 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1861 root 1.9 .Ve
1862 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1863     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1864 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1865 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1866     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1867     .PP
1868     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1869 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1870 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1871 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1872 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1873     .PP
1874 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1875 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1876     might introduce a small delay). If multiple timers become ready during the
1877     same loop iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked
1878 root 1.79 before ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is
1879 root 1.82 no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1880 root 1.71 .PP
1881 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1882     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1883     .PP
1884     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1885     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1886     you want to raise some error after a while.
1887     .PP
1888     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1889     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1890     .PP
1891     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1892     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1893     data or other life sign was received).
1894     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1895     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1896     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1897     start the watcher:
1898     .Sp
1899     .Vb 2
1900     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1901     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1902     .Ve
1903     .Sp
1904     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1905     and start it again:
1906     .Sp
1907     .Vb 3
1908     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1909     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1910     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1911     .Ve
1912     .Sp
1913     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1914     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1915     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1916     still not a constant-time operation.
1917     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1918     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1919     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1920     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1921     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1922     .Sp
1923     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1924     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1925     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1926     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1927     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1928     .Sp
1929     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1930     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1931     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1932     .Sp
1933     At start:
1934     .Sp
1935     .Vb 3
1936 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1937 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1938     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1939     .Ve
1940     .Sp
1941     Each time there is some activity:
1942     .Sp
1943     .Vb 1
1944     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1945     .Ve
1946     .Sp
1947     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1948     whether the watcher is active or not:
1949     .Sp
1950     .Vb 2
1951     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1952     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1953     .Ve
1954     .Sp
1955     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1956     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1957     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1958     .Sp
1959     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1960     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1961     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1962     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1963     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1964     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1965     associated activity resets.
1966     .Sp
1967     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
1968     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
1969     within the callback:
1970     .Sp
1971     .Vb 1
1972     \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
1973     \&
1974     \& static void
1975     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1976     \& {
1977     \& ev_tstamp now = ev_now (EV_A);
1978     \& ev_tstamp timeout = last_activity + 60.;
1979     \&
1980     \& // if last_activity + 60. is older than now, we did time out
1981     \& if (timeout < now)
1982     \& {
1983 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
1984 root 1.73 \& }
1985     \& else
1986     \& {
1987     \& // callback was invoked, but there was some activity, re\-arm
1988     \& // the watcher to fire in last_activity + 60, which is
1989     \& // guaranteed to be in the future, so "again" is positive:
1990 root 1.74 \& w\->repeat = timeout \- now;
1991 root 1.73 \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ w);
1992     \& }
1993     \& }
1994     .Ve
1995     .Sp
1996     To summarise the callback: first calculate the real timeout (defined
1997     as \*(L"60 seconds after the last activity\*(R"), then check if that time has
1998     been reached, which means something \fIdid\fR, in fact, time out. Otherwise
1999     the callback was invoked too early (\f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is in the future), so
2000     re-schedule the timer to fire at that future time, to see if maybe we have
2001     a timeout then.
2002     .Sp
2003     Note how \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is used, taking advantage of the
2004     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR optimisation when the timer is already running.
2005     .Sp
2006     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2007     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2008     libev to change the timeout.
2009     .Sp
2010     To start the timer, simply initialise the watcher and set \f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR
2011     to the current time (meaning we just have some activity :), then call the
2012     callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start the timer:
2013     .Sp
2014     .Vb 3
2015 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2016 root 1.73 \& last_activity = ev_now (loop);
2017 root 1.82 \& callback (loop, timer, EV_TIMER);
2018 root 1.73 .Ve
2019     .Sp
2020     And when there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2021     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2022     .Sp
2023     .Vb 1
2024 root 1.82 \& last_activity = ev_now (loop);
2025 root 1.73 .Ve
2026     .Sp
2027     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2028     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2029     .Sp
2030     Changing the timeout is trivial as well (if it isn't hard-coded in the
2031     callback :) \- just change the timeout and invoke the callback, which will
2032     fix things for you.
2033     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2034     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2035     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2036     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2037     do even better:
2038     .Sp
2039     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2040     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2041     .Sp
2042     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2043     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2044     .Sp
2045     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2046     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2047     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2048     .Sp
2049     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2050     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2051     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2052     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2053     .PP
2054     So which method the best?
2055     .PP
2056     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2057     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2058     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2059     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2060     .PP
2061     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2062     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2063     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2064     overkill :)
2065     .PP
2066 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2067     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2068     .PP
2069     Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes at
2070     least two system calls): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2071 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2072 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2073     lots of events in one iteration.
2074     .PP
2075 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2076     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2077 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2078 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2079     timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
2080 root 1.1 .PP
2081     .Vb 1
2082 root 1.60 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () \- ev_time (), 0.);
2083 root 1.1 .Ve
2084 root 1.2 .PP
2085 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2086     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2087     ()\*(C'\fR.
2088 root 1.50 .PP
2089 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2090     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2091     .PP
2092     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2093     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2094     .PP
2095     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2096     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2097     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2098     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2099     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2100     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2101     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2102     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2103     be adjusted accordingly.
2104     .PP
2105     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2106     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2107     .PP
2108     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2109     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2110     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2111     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2112     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2113     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2114     .PP
2115     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2116     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2117     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2118     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2119     .PP
2120 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2121     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2122 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2123     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2124     .PD 0
2125     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2126     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2127     .PD
2128 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2129     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2130     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2131     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2132     until stopped manually.
2133     .Sp
2134     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2135     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2136     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2137     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2138     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2139 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2140     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2141 root 1.1 This will act as if the timer timed out and restart it again if it is
2142     repeating. The exact semantics are:
2143     .Sp
2144 root 1.34 If the timer is pending, its pending status is cleared.
2145 root 1.1 .Sp
2146 root 1.68 If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out).
2147 root 1.34 .Sp
2148     If the timer is repeating, either start it if necessary (with the
2149     \&\f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value), or reset the running timer to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value.
2150 root 1.1 .Sp
2151 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2152     usage example.
2153 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2154     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2155 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2156     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2157     the timeout value currently configured.
2158     .Sp
2159     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2160 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2161 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2162     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2163     too), and so on.
2164 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2165     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2166     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2167 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2168 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2169 root 1.9 .PP
2170 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2171     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2172     .PP
2173 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2174 root 1.9 .PP
2175     .Vb 5
2176 root 1.68 \& static void
2177 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2178 root 1.68 \& {
2179     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2180     \& }
2181     \&
2182 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2183 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2184     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2185 root 1.9 .Ve
2186     .PP
2187 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2188 root 1.9 inactivity.
2189     .PP
2190     .Vb 5
2191 root 1.68 \& static void
2192 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2193 root 1.68 \& {
2194     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2195     \& }
2196     \&
2197 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2198 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2199     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2200 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2201 root 1.68 \&
2202     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2203     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2204     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2205 root 1.9 .Ve
2206 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2207     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2208 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2209 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2210     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2211     .PP
2212 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2213     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2214     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2215     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2216     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2217     wrist-watch).
2218     .PP
2219     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2220     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2221     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2222     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2223     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2224     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2225     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2226     .PP
2227     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2228     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2229     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2230     those cannot react to time jumps.
2231 root 1.2 .PP
2232 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2233 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2234     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2235     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2236 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2237 root 1.50 .PP
2238     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2239     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2240 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2241     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2242 root 1.1 .PD 0
2243 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2244     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2245 root 1.1 .PD
2246 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2247 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2248 root 1.1 .RS 4
2249 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2250 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2251 root 1.60 .Sp
2252 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2253 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2254     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2255     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2256     this point in time.
2257 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2258 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2259 root 1.60 .Sp
2260 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2261 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2262     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2263     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2264 root 1.1 .Sp
2265 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2266 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2267     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2268 root 1.1 .Sp
2269     .Vb 1
2270     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2271     .Ve
2272     .Sp
2273     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2274 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2275 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2276     by 3600.
2277     .Sp
2278     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2279     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2280 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2281 root 1.46 .Sp
2282 root 1.78 For numerical stability it is preferable that the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value is near
2283 root 1.46 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR (the current time), but there is no range requirement for
2284 root 1.67 this value, and in fact is often specified as zero.
2285     .Sp
2286 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2287 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2288 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2289 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2290 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2291 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2292 root 1.60 .Sp
2293 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2294 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2295     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2296     current time as second argument.
2297     .Sp
2298 root 1.78 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST\s0 \s-1NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2299     or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2300     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2301 root 1.67 .Sp
2302     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2303     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2304     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2305 root 1.1 .Sp
2306 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2307 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2308 root 1.1 .Sp
2309 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2310     \& static ev_tstamp
2311     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2312 root 1.1 \& {
2313     \& return now + 60.;
2314     \& }
2315     .Ve
2316     .Sp
2317     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2318     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2319     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2320     might be called at other times, too.
2321     .Sp
2322 root 1.67 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2323     equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2324 root 1.1 .Sp
2325     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2326 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2327 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2328     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2329     reason I omitted it as an example).
2330     .RE
2331     .RS 4
2332     .RE
2333     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2334     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2335     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2336     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2337     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2338     program when the crontabs have changed).
2339 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2340     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2341 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2342     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2343     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2344     rescheduling modes.
2345 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2346     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2347     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2348 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2349     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2350 root 1.46 .Sp
2351     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2352     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2353 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2354     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2355     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2356     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2357     called.
2358 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2359     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2360 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2361     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2362     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2363 root 1.9 .PP
2364 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2365     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2366     .PP
2367 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2368 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2369 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2370 root 1.9 .PP
2371     .Vb 5
2372 root 1.68 \& static void
2373 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2374 root 1.68 \& {
2375     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2376     \& }
2377     \&
2378 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2379 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2380     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2381 root 1.9 .Ve
2382     .PP
2383 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2384 root 1.9 .PP
2385     .Vb 1
2386 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2387 root 1.60 \&
2388 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2389 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2390 root 1.68 \& {
2391 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2392 root 1.68 \& }
2393 root 1.60 \&
2394 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2395 root 1.9 .Ve
2396     .PP
2397 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2398 root 1.9 .PP
2399     .Vb 4
2400 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2401 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2402     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2403     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2404 root 1.9 .Ve
2405 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2406     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2407 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2408 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2409     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2410 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2411 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2412     .PP
2413 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2414     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2415     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2416     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2417     .PP
2418     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2419     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2420     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2421     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2422     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2423 root 1.71 .PP
2424 root 1.80 When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
2425 root 1.71 with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
2426 root 1.80 you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
2427     .PP
2428 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2429 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2430     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2431     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2432     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2433 root 1.61 .PP
2434 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2435     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2436     .PP
2437     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2438     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2439     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2440 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2441     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2442 root 1.81 .PP
2443     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2444     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2445     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2446     certain signals to be blocked.
2447     .PP
2448     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2449     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2450     choice usually).
2451     .PP
2452     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2453     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2454     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2455     .PP
2456     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2457     unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2458     the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2459     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2460     .PP
2461     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2462     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2463     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2464     .PP
2465 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2466     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2467     .PP
2468     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2469     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2470     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2471     .PP
2472     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2473     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2474     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2475     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2476     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2477     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2478     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2479     .PP
2480 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2481     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2482 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2483     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2484     .PD 0
2485     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2486     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2487     .PD
2488     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2489     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2490 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2491     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2492     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2493 root 1.61 .PP
2494     \fIExamples\fR
2495     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2496     .PP
2497 root 1.72 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT\s0.
2498 root 1.61 .PP
2499     .Vb 5
2500 root 1.68 \& static void
2501 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2502 root 1.68 \& {
2503 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2504 root 1.68 \& }
2505     \&
2506 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2507 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2508 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2509 root 1.61 .Ve
2510 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2511     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2512 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2513 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2514 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2515     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2516     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2517     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2518     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2519 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2520     in the next callback invocation is not.
2521 root 1.61 .PP
2522     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2523 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2524 root 1.61 .PP
2525 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2526     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2527     libev)
2528     .PP
2529 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2530     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2531     .PP
2532     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2533 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2534     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2535 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2536     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2537     children, even ones not watched.
2538     .PP
2539     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2540     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2541     .PP
2542     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2543     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2544     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2545     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2546     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2547     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2548     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2549 root 1.50 .PP
2550 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2551     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2552     .PP
2553     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2554     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2555     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2556 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2557     problem).
2558 root 1.71 .PP
2559 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2560     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2561 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2562     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2563 root 1.1 .PD 0
2564 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2565     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2566 root 1.1 .PD
2567     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2568     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2569     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2570     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2571     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2572 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2573     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2574     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2575 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2576     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2577     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2578     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2579     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2580     The process id that detected a status change.
2581     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2582     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2583     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2584     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2585 root 1.9 .PP
2586 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2587     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2588     .PP
2589 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2590     its completion.
2591 root 1.9 .PP
2592 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2593 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2594 root 1.61 \&
2595 root 1.68 \& static void
2596 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2597 root 1.68 \& {
2598     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2599     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2600     \& }
2601     \&
2602     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2603     \&
2604     \& if (pid < 0)
2605     \& // error
2606     \& else if (pid == 0)
2607     \& {
2608     \& // the forked child executes here
2609     \& exit (1);
2610     \& }
2611     \& else
2612     \& {
2613     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2614     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2615     \& }
2616 root 1.9 .Ve
2617 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2618     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2619 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2620 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2621 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2622     and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback if
2623     it did.
2624 root 1.22 .PP
2625     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2626 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2627     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2628     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2629     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2630     contents.
2631 root 1.22 .PP
2632 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2633     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2634     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2635     .PP
2636     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2637     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2638     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2639     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2640     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2641     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2642     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2643     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2644 root 1.22 .PP
2645     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2646     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2647 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2648 root 1.22 .PP
2649 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2650 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2651     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2652     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2653 root 1.50 .PP
2654 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2655     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2656     .PP
2657     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2658 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2659     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2660 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2661     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2662     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2663     obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI\s0, but the problem is
2664 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2665 root 1.69 .PP
2666     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2667     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2668     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2669     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2670     default compilation environment.
2671 root 1.63 .PP
2672 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2673     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2674 root 1.59 .PP
2675 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2676     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2677     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2678     watcher is being started.
2679 root 1.59 .PP
2680 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2681 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2682 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2683 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2684 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2685     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2686     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2687     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2688 root 1.59 .PP
2689 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2690 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2691 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2692     etc. is difficult.
2693 root 1.59 .PP
2694 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2695     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2696     .PP
2697     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2698     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2699     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2700     .PP
2701     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2702     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2703 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2704 root 1.74 watcher).
2705     .PP
2706     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2707     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2708     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2709     .PP
2710     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2711     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2712     .PP
2713 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2714     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2715     .PP
2716 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2717     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2718     still only support whole seconds.
2719 root 1.59 .PP
2720 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2721     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2722     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2723 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2724     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2725 root 1.65 .PP
2726     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2727 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2728 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2729     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2730     .PP
2731     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2732     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2733     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2734     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2735     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2736     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2737     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2738     the timer callback).
2739 root 1.59 .PP
2740 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2741     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2742 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2743     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2744     .PD 0
2745     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2746     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2747     .PD
2748     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2749     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2750     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2751     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2752     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2753     .Sp
2754 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2755     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2756     last change was detected).
2757 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2758     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2759 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2760 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2761     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2762     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2763     new values.
2764 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2765     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2766 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2767 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2768 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2769     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2770     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2771 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2772     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2773     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2774 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2775     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2776     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2777 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2778     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2779     The specified interval.
2780     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2781     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2782 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2783 root 1.22 .PP
2784 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2785     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2786     .PP
2787 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2788     .PP
2789 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2790 root 1.68 \& static void
2791     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2792     \& {
2793     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2794     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2795     \& {
2796     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2797     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2798     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2799     \& }
2800     \& else
2801     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2802     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2803     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2804     \& }
2805 root 1.60 \&
2806 root 1.68 \& ...
2807     \& ev_stat passwd;
2808 root 1.60 \&
2809 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2810     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2811 root 1.22 .Ve
2812 root 1.59 .PP
2813     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2814     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2815     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2816     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2817     .PP
2818     .Vb 2
2819 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2820     \& static ev_timer timer;
2821 root 1.60 \&
2822 root 1.68 \& static void
2823     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2824     \& {
2825     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2826     \&
2827     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2828     \& }
2829     \&
2830     \& static void
2831     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2832     \& {
2833     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2834     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2835     \& }
2836     \&
2837     \& ...
2838     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2839     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2840     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2841 root 1.59 .Ve
2842 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2843     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2844 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2845 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2846 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2847     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2848 root 1.37 .PP
2849     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2850     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2851     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2852     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2853     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2854     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2855 root 1.1 .PP
2856     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2857     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2858     .PP
2859     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2860     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2861 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
2862 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
2863 root 1.50 .PP
2864     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2865     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2866 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
2867     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
2868 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
2869     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
2870     believe me.
2871 root 1.9 .PP
2872 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2873     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2874     .PP
2875 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
2876     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
2877 root 1.9 .PP
2878     .Vb 7
2879 root 1.68 \& static void
2880 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
2881 root 1.68 \& {
2882     \& free (w);
2883     \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
2884     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
2885     \& }
2886     \&
2887 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
2888 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
2889 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
2890 root 1.9 .Ve
2891 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
2892     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
2893 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
2894 root 1.71 Prepare and check watchers are usually (but not always) used in pairs:
2895 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
2896     afterwards.
2897     .PP
2898 root 1.82 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or similar functions that enter
2899 root 1.20 the current event loop from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR
2900     watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
2901     rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
2902     those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking,
2903     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
2904     called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
2905     .PP
2906 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
2907 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
2908 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
2909 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
2910     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
2911     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
2912     watcher).
2913 root 1.1 .PP
2914 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
2915     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
2916     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
2917     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
2918     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
2919     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
2920     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
2921     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
2922 root 1.1 .PP
2923     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
2924     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
2925     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
2926     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
2927     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
2928     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
2929     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
2930     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
2931 root 1.45 .PP
2932     It is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR)
2933     priority, to ensure that they are being run before any other watchers
2934 root 1.71 after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers).
2935     .PP
2936     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
2937     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
2938     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
2939     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
2940     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
2941     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
2942     others).
2943 root 1.50 .PP
2944     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2945     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2946 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
2947     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
2948     .PD 0
2949     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
2950     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
2951     .PD
2952     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
2953     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
2954 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
2955     pointless.
2956 root 1.9 .PP
2957 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2958     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2959     .PP
2960 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
2961     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
2962     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
2963 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
2964     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
2965     Glib event loop).
2966 root 1.44 .PP
2967     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
2968     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
2969     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
2970     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
2971     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
2972 root 1.20 .PP
2973     .Vb 2
2974 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
2975     \& static ev_timer tw;
2976     \&
2977     \& static void
2978 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
2979 root 1.68 \& {
2980     \& }
2981     \&
2982     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
2983     \& static void
2984 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
2985 root 1.68 \& {
2986     \& int timeout = 3600000;
2987     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
2988     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
2989     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
2990     \&
2991     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
2992 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
2993 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
2994 root 1.60 \&
2995 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
2996     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
2997     \& {
2998     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
2999     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3000     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3001     \&
3002     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3003     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3004     \& }
3005     \& }
3006     \&
3007     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3008     \& static void
3009 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3010 root 1.68 \& {
3011     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3012     \&
3013     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3014     \& {
3015     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3016     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3017     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3018     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3019     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3020     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3021 root 1.60 \&
3022 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3023     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3024     \& }
3025     \&
3026     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3027     \& }
3028 root 1.20 .Ve
3029 root 1.44 .PP
3030     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3031     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3032     .PP
3033     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3034 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3035 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3036     .PP
3037     .Vb 5
3038 root 1.68 \& static void
3039     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3040     \& {
3041     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3042     \& update_now (EV_A);
3043     \&
3044     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3045     \& }
3046     \&
3047     \& static void
3048     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3049     \& {
3050     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3051     \& update_now (EV_A);
3052 root 1.60 \&
3053 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3054     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3055     \& }
3056     \&
3057     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3058 root 1.44 .Ve
3059     .PP
3060     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3061 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3062     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3063     main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV\s0. The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3064     this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3065     libglib event loop.
3066 root 1.44 .PP
3067     .Vb 4
3068 root 1.68 \& static gint
3069     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3070     \& {
3071     \& int got_events = 0;
3072     \&
3073     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3074     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3075     \&
3076     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3077     \& // create/start timer
3078     \&
3079     \& // poll
3080 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3081 root 1.68 \&
3082     \& // stop timer again
3083     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3084     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3085 root 1.60 \&
3086 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3087     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3088     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3089     \&
3090     \& return got_events;
3091     \& }
3092 root 1.44 .Ve
3093 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3094     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3095 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3096 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3097 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3098     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3099 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3100 root 1.10 .PP
3101     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3102     prioritise I/O.
3103     .PP
3104     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3105     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3106     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3107 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3108     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3109     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3110     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3111     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3112     .PP
3113     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3114     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3115     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3116     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3117     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3118 root 1.10 .PP
3119 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3120     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3121     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3122     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3123     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3124     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3125     .PP
3126     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3127     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3128     .PP
3129     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3130     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3131     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3132     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3133 root 1.10 .PP
3134 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3135 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3136     portable one.
3137     .PP
3138     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3139     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3140     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3141 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3142 root 1.50 .PP
3143 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3144     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3145     .PP
3146     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3147     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3148     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3149     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3150     as applicable.
3151     .PP
3152 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3153     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3154 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3155     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3156 root 1.10 .PD 0
3157 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3158     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3159 root 1.10 .PD
3160 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3161     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3162     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3163     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3164 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3165 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3166     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3167     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3168 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3169 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3170 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3171     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3172 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3173 root 1.60 .PP
3174     \fIExamples\fR
3175     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3176     .PP
3177     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3178     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3179 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3180     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3181 root 1.60 used).
3182     .PP
3183     .Vb 3
3184 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3185     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3186 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3187 root 1.68 \&
3188     \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3189     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3190     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3191     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3192     \& : 0;
3193     \&
3194     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3195     \& if (loop_lo)
3196     \& {
3197     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3198     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3199     \& }
3200     \& else
3201     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3202 root 1.60 .Ve
3203     .PP
3204     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3205     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3206     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3207     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3208     .PP
3209     .Vb 3
3210 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3211     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3212 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3213 root 1.68 \&
3214     \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3215     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3216     \& {
3217     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3218     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3219     \& }
3220 root 1.60 \&
3221 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3222     \& loop_socket = loop;
3223 root 1.60 \&
3224 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3225 root 1.60 .Ve
3226 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3227     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3228 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3229     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3230     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3231     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the
3232     event loop blocks next and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called,
3233     and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling
3234     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork
3235     handlers will be invoked, too, of course.
3236 root 1.51 .PP
3237 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3238     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3239     .PP
3240 root 1.82 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3241 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3242     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3243     .PP
3244     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3245     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3246     fork.
3247     .PP
3248     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3249     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3250     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3251     .PP
3252     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3253     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3254     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3255     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3256     .PP
3257     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3258     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3259     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3260     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3261     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3262     signal watchers).
3263     .PP
3264     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3265     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3266 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3267     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3268     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3269     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3270     signal watchers.
3271 root 1.78 .PP
3272 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3273     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3274 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3275     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3276 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3277     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3278 root 1.82 really.
3279     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3280     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3281     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3282     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3283     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3284     .PP
3285     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3286     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3287     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3288     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3289     .PP
3290     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3291     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3292     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3293     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3294     .PP
3295     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3296     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3297     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3298     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3299     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3300     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3301     pointless, I assure you.
3302     .PP
3303     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3304     cleanup functions are called.
3305     .PP
3306     .Vb 5
3307     \& static void
3308     \& program_exits (void)
3309     \& {
3310     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3311     \& }
3312     \&
3313     \& ...
3314     \& atexit (program_exits);
3315     .Ve
3316     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3317     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3318     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3319 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3320 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3321     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3322     .PP
3323 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3324     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3325     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3326     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3327 root 1.61 .PP
3328     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3329     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3330     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3331 root 1.85 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_sent\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3332     of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3333     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3334     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3335 root 1.61 .PP
3336     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR works with any event loop, not
3337     just the default loop.
3338     .PP
3339     \fIQueueing\fR
3340     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3341     .PP
3342     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3343     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3344     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3345 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3346     semantics.
3347 root 1.61 .PP
3348     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3349 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3350 root 1.61 queue:
3351     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3352     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3353     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3354 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3355     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3356 root 1.61 .Sp
3357     .Vb 1
3358     \& static ev_async mysig;
3359     \&
3360     \& static void
3361     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3362     \& {
3363     \& sometype data;
3364     \&
3365     \& // no locking etc.
3366     \& queue_put (data);
3367     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3368     \& }
3369     \&
3370     \& static void
3371     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3372     \& {
3373     \& sometype data;
3374     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3375     \&
3376     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3377     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3378     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3379     \&
3380     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3381     \& process (data);
3382     \&
3383     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3384     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3385     \& }
3386     .Ve
3387     .Sp
3388     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3389     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3390     either...).
3391     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3392     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3393     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3394     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3395     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3396     .Sp
3397     .Vb 2
3398     \& static ev_async mysig;
3399     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3400     \&
3401     \& static void
3402     \& otherthread (void)
3403     \& {
3404     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3405     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3406     \& queue_put (data);
3407     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3408     \&
3409     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3410     \& }
3411     \&
3412     \& static void
3413     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3414     \& {
3415     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3416     \&
3417     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3418     \& process (data);
3419     \&
3420     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3421     \& }
3422     .Ve
3423     .PP
3424     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3425     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3426     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3427     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3428     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3429 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3430 root 1.71 trust me.
3431 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3432     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3433     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3434 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3435     returns.
3436     .Sp
3437     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3438     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3439     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3440 root 1.61 .Sp
3441 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3442     compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at this
3443     is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered, set on \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR,
3444     reset when the event loop detects that).
3445     .Sp
3446     This call incurs the overhead of a system call only once per event loop
3447     iteration, so while the overhead might be noticeable, it doesn't apply to
3448     repeated calls to \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR for the same event loop.
3449 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3450     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3451     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3452     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3453     event loop.
3454     .Sp
3455     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3456     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3457     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3458 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3459 root 1.63 .Sp
3460 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3461     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3462     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3463     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3464 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3465     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3466     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3467     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3468     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3469     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3470 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3471 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3472     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3473     more watchers yourself.
3474     .Sp
3475 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3476     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3477     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3478 root 1.1 .Sp
3479     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3480     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3481 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3482 root 1.1 .Sp
3483 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3484 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3485 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3486 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3487     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3488     events precedence.
3489     .Sp
3490     Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0.
3491 root 1.1 .Sp
3492     .Vb 7
3493 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3494     \& {
3495 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3496     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3497 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3498 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3499     \& }
3500 root 1.60 \&
3501 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3502 root 1.1 .Ve
3503 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3504     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3505 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3506     the given events it.
3507 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3508     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3509 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3510     which is async-safe.
3511     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3512     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3513     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3514     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3515     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3516     .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0"
3517     .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3518     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3519     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3520     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3521     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3522     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3523     data:
3524     .PP
3525     .Vb 7
3526     \& struct my_io
3527     \& {
3528     \& ev_io io;
3529     \& int otherfd;
3530     \& void *somedata;
3531     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3532     \& };
3533     \&
3534     \& ...
3535     \& struct my_io w;
3536     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3537     .Ve
3538     .PP
3539     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3540     can cast it back to your own type:
3541     .PP
3542     .Vb 5
3543     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3544     \& {
3545     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3546     \& ...
3547     \& }
3548     .Ve
3549     .PP
3550     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3551     function type instead have been omitted.
3552     .SS "\s-1BUILDING\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0 \s-1OWN\s0 \s-1COMPOSITE\s0 \s-1WATCHERS\s0"
3553     .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3554     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3555     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3556     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3557     .PP
3558     .Vb 6
3559     \& struct my_biggy
3560     \& {
3561     \& int some_data;
3562     \& ev_timer t1;
3563     \& ev_timer t2;
3564     \& }
3565     .Ve
3566     .PP
3567     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3568     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3569     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3570     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3571     real programmers):
3572     .PP
3573     .Vb 1
3574     \& #include <stddef.h>
3575     \&
3576     \& static void
3577     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3578     \& {
3579     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3580     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3581     \& }
3582     \&
3583     \& static void
3584     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3585     \& {
3586     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3587     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3588     \& }
3589     .Ve
3590     .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0 \s-1INVOCATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1EXIT\s0 \s-1CONDITIONS\s0"
3591     .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3592     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3593     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3594     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3595     .PP
3596     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3597     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3598     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3599     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3600     other combination: In these cases, \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work alone.
3601     .PP
3602     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3603     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3604     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3605     .PP
3606     .Vb 2
3607     \& // main loop
3608     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3609     \&
3610     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3611     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3612     \&
3613     \& // in a model watcher
3614     \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3615     \&
3616     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3617     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3618     .Ve
3619     .PP
3620     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3621     .PP
3622     .Vb 2
3623     \& // exit modal loop
3624     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3625     \&
3626     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3627     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3628     \&
3629     \& // exit both
3630     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3631     .Ve
3632     .SS "\s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0"
3633     .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3634     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3635     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3636     created/added/removed.
3637     .PP
3638     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3639     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3640     languages).
3641     .PP
3642     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3643     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3644     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3645     .PP
3646     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3647     .PP
3648     .Vb 6
3649     \& typedef struct {
3650     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3651     \& ev_async async_w;
3652     \& thread_t tid;
3653     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3654     \& } userdata;
3655     \&
3656     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3657     \& {
3658     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3659     \& static userdata u;
3660     \&
3661     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3662     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3663     \&
3664     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3665     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3666     \&
3667     \& // now associate this with the loop
3668     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3669     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3670     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3671     \&
3672 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3673 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3674     \& }
3675     .Ve
3676     .PP
3677     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3678     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3679     that might have been added:
3680     .PP
3681     .Vb 5
3682     \& static void
3683     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3684     \& {
3685     \& // just used for the side effects
3686     \& }
3687     .Ve
3688     .PP
3689     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3690     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3691     .PP
3692     .Vb 6
3693     \& static void
3694     \& l_release (EV_P)
3695     \& {
3696     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3697     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3698     \& }
3699     \&
3700     \& static void
3701     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3702     \& {
3703     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3704     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3705     \& }
3706     .Ve
3707     .PP
3708     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3709     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3710     .PP
3711     .Vb 4
3712     \& void *
3713     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3714     \& {
3715     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3716     \&
3717     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3718     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3719     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3720     \& l_release (EV_A);
3721     \&
3722     \& return 0;
3723     \& }
3724     .Ve
3725     .PP
3726     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3727     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3728     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3729     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3730     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3731     watchers is very beneficial):
3732     .PP
3733     .Vb 4
3734     \& static void
3735     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3736     \& {
3737     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3738     \&
3739     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3740     \& {
3741     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3742     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3743     \& }
3744     \& }
3745     .Ve
3746     .PP
3747     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3748     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3749     thread to continue:
3750     .PP
3751     .Vb 4
3752     \& static void
3753     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3754     \& {
3755     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3756     \&
3757     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3758     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3759     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3760     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3761     \& }
3762     .Ve
3763     .PP
3764     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3765     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3766     .PP
3767     .Vb 2
3768     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3769     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3770     \&
3771     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3772     \&
3773     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3774     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
3775     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3776     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3777     .Ve
3778     .PP
3779     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
3780     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
3781     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
3782     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
3783     .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0, \s-1COROUTINES\s0, \s-1CONTINUATIONS\s0, \s-1QUEUES\s0... \s-1INSTEAD\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1CALLBACKS\s0"
3784     .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
3785     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
3786     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
3787     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
3788     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
3789     .PP
3790     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
3791     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
3792     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
3793     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
3794     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
3795     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
3796     .PP
3797     .Vb 2
3798     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
3799     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
3800     .Ve
3801     .PP
3802     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
3803     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
3804     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
3805     .PP
3806     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
3807     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
3808     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
3809     called):
3810     .PP
3811     .Vb 6
3812     \& void
3813     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
3814     \& {
3815     \& ev_cb_set (w) = current_coro;
3816     \& switch_to (libev_coro);
3817     \& }
3818     .Ve
3819     .PP
3820     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
3821     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
3822     this or any other coroutine. I am sure if you sue this your own :)
3823     .PP
3824     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
3825     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
3826     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
3827     any waiters.
3828     .PP
3829     To embed libev, see \s-1EMBEDDING\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
3830     files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
3831     .PP
3832     .Vb 4
3833     \& // my_ev.h
3834     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
3835     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb);
3836     \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
3837     \&
3838     \& // my_ev.c
3839     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
3840     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
3841     .Ve
3842     .PP
3843     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
3844     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
3845     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
3846 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
3847     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
3848     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
3849     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
3850 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
3851 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
3852     .Sp
3853     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
3854     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
3855     .IP "\(bu" 4
3856 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
3857     .IP "\(bu" 4
3858     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
3859     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
3860     .IP "\(bu" 4
3861     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
3862     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
3863     it a private \s-1API\s0).
3864     .IP "\(bu" 4
3865     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
3866     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
3867     is an ev_pri field.
3868     .IP "\(bu" 4
3869 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
3870 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
3871 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
3872 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
3873     .IP "\(bu" 4
3874     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
3875     to use the libev header file and library.
3876 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
3877     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
3878 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
3879 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
3880 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
3881     .PP
3882     To use it,
3883     .PP
3884     .Vb 1
3885 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
3886 root 1.13 .Ve
3887     .PP
3888 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
3889     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
3890     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
3891     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
3892     .PP
3893 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
3894     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
3895     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
3896     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
3897 root 1.41 .PP
3898 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
3899     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
3900     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
3901     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
3902     (preferably after implementing it).
3903 root 1.13 .PP
3904     Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
3905 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
3906 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
3907     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
3908     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
3909     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
3910 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
3911 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
3912     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
3913     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
3914 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
3915 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
3916     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
3917     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
3918     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
3919     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
3920     defines by many implementations.
3921     .Sp
3922     All of those classes have these methods:
3923     .RS 4
3924 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
3925     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
3926 root 1.13 .PD 0
3927 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
3928     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
3929 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
3930     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
3931     .PD
3932 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
3933     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
3934     .Sp
3935     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
3936     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
3937     .Sp
3938     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
3939     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
3940     .Sp
3941     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
3942     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
3943 root 1.13 .Sp
3944     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
3945 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
3946     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
3947     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
3948     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
3949     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
3950     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
3951     .Sp
3952     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
3953     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
3954     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
3955     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
3956     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
3957     .Sp
3958     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
3959     .Sp
3960     .Vb 4
3961 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
3962     \& {
3963     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
3964     \& }
3965     \&
3966     \& myclass obj;
3967     \& ev::io iow;
3968     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
3969 root 1.41 .Ve
3970 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
3971     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
3972     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
3973     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
3974     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
3975     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
3976     list.
3977     .Sp
3978     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
3979     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
3980     .Sp
3981     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
3982     .Sp
3983     Example: use a functor object as callback.
3984     .Sp
3985     .Vb 7
3986     \& struct myfunctor
3987     \& {
3988     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
3989     \& {
3990     \& ...
3991     \& }
3992     \& }
3993     \&
3994     \& myfunctor f;
3995     \&
3996     \& ev::io w;
3997     \& w.set (&f);
3998     .Ve
3999 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4000     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4001 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4002     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4003     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4004     .Sp
4005 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4006     .Sp
4007 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4008 root 1.43 .Sp
4009 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4010 root 1.43 .Sp
4011     .Vb 2
4012 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4013     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4014 root 1.43 .Ve
4015 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4016     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4017 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4018     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4019 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4020     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4021 root 1.82 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR, with the same arguments. Either this
4022     method or a suitable start method must be called at least once. Unlike the
4023     C counterpart, an active watcher gets automatically stopped and restarted
4024     when reconfiguring it with this method.
4025 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4026     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4027 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4028     constructor already stores the event loop.
4029 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4030     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4031     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4032     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4033     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4034 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4035     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4036     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4037 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4038 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4039     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4040 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4041     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4042 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4043     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4044     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4045 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4046 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4047     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4048     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4049 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4050 root 1.13 .RE
4051     .RS 4
4052     .RE
4053     .PP
4054 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4055     watchers in the constructor.
4056 root 1.13 .PP
4057 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4058 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4059     \& {
4060 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4061 root 1.82 \& ev::io2 io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4062 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4063 root 1.68 \&
4064     \& myclass (int fd)
4065     \& {
4066     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4067 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4068 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4069     \&
4070 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4071     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4072     \&
4073     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4074 root 1.68 \& }
4075     \& };
4076 root 1.13 .Ve
4077 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4078     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4079     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4080 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4081 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4082     me a note.
4083     .IP "Perl" 4
4084     .IX Item "Perl"
4085     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4086     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4087     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4088 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4089     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4090     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4091 root 1.62 .Sp
4092 root 1.68 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN\s0, its homepage is at
4093 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4094 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4095     .IX Item "Python"
4096     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4097 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4098 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4099     .IX Item "Ruby"
4100     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4101 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4102 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4103     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4104 root 1.75 .Sp
4105     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4106     makes rev work even on mingw.
4107 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4108     .IX Item "Haskell"
4109     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4110     <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4111 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4112     .IX Item "D"
4113     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4114 root 1.71 be found at <http://proj.llucax.com.ar/wiki/evd>.
4115 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4116     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4117     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4118     <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4119 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4120     .IX Item "Lua"
4121 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4122     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4123 root 1.80 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4124 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4125     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4126 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4127 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4128     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4129 root 1.24 .PP
4130     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4131     following macros are defined:
4132 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4133 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4134     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4135     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4136     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4137     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4138     .Sp
4139     .Vb 3
4140 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4141     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4142 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4143 root 1.24 .Ve
4144     .Sp
4145     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4146     which is often provided by the following macro.
4147 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4148 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4149     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4150     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4151     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4152     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4153     .Sp
4154     .Vb 2
4155 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4156     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4157 root 1.60 \&
4158 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4159     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4160 root 1.24 .Ve
4161     .Sp
4162     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4163     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4164 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4165 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4166     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4167     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4168     loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R").
4169 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4170 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4171     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4172     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4173     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4174     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4175     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4176     .Sp
4177     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4178     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4179 root 1.24 .PP
4180 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4181 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4182 root 1.36 or not.
4183 root 1.24 .PP
4184     .Vb 5
4185 root 1.68 \& static void
4186     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4187     \& {
4188     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4189     \& }
4190     \&
4191     \& ev_check check;
4192     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4193     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4194 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4195 root 1.24 .Ve
4196 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4197     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4198     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4199     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4200     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4201 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4202 root 1.14 .PP
4203 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4204 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4205     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4206     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4207 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4208 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4209     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4210 root 1.68 in your application.
4211 root 1.14 .PP
4212     \fI\s-1CORE\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0\fR
4213     .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4214     .PP
4215     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4216     configuration (no autoconf):
4217     .PP
4218     .Vb 2
4219 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4220     \& #include "ev.c"
4221 root 1.14 .Ve
4222     .PP
4223     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4224     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4225     it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4226     done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4227     where you can put other configuration options):
4228     .PP
4229     .Vb 2
4230 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4231     \& #include "ev.h"
4232 root 1.14 .Ve
4233     .PP
4234     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4235 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4236 root 1.14 as a bug).
4237     .PP
4238     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4239     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4240     .PP
4241     .Vb 4
4242 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4243     \& ev.c
4244     \& ev_vars.h
4245     \& ev_wrap.h
4246     \&
4247     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4248     \&
4249     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
4250     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4251     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4252     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4253     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4254 root 1.14 .Ve
4255     .PP
4256     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4257 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4258 root 1.14 .PP
4259     \fI\s-1LIBEVENT\s0 \s-1COMPATIBILITY\s0 \s-1API\s0\fR
4260     .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4261     .PP
4262     To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API\s0, also include:
4263     .PP
4264     .Vb 1
4265 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4266 root 1.14 .Ve
4267     .PP
4268     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4269     .PP
4270     .Vb 1
4271 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4272 root 1.14 .Ve
4273     .PP
4274     in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API\s0. This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4275     .PP
4276     You need the following additional files for this:
4277     .PP
4278     .Vb 2
4279 root 1.68 \& event.h
4280     \& event.c
4281 root 1.14 .Ve
4282     .PP
4283     \fI\s-1AUTOCONF\s0 \s-1SUPPORT\s0\fR
4284     .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4285     .PP
4286 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4287 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4288 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4289     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4290 root 1.14 .PP
4291     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4292     .PP
4293     .Vb 1
4294 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4295 root 1.14 .Ve
4296 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4297 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4298 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4299 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4300     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4301     .PP
4302     Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI\s0, and can have different
4303     values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4304     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4305     to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI\s0, which means all
4306     users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4307     settings.
4308     .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4309     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4310     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4311     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4312     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4313     .Sp
4314     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4315     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4316     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4317     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4318     typedef in that case.
4319     .Sp
4320     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4321     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4322     removed completely.
4323     .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4324     .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4325 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4326     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4327     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4328     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4329     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4330 root 1.75 .Sp
4331 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4332 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4333 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4334     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4335     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4336 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4337     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4338     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4339     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4340 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4341 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4342 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4343     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4344     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4345 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4346     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4347     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4348     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4349     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4350     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4351     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4352 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4353     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4354     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4355     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4356     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4357     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4358     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4359     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4360     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4361     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4362 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4363     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4364     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4365     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4366 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4367     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4368     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4369     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4370     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4371     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4372     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4373 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4374     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4375     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4376 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4377 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4378     will not be compiled in.
4379     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4380     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4381     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4382     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4383 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4384     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4385     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4386     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4387     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4388 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4389     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4390     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4391     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4392     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4393     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4394     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4395     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4396     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4397 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4398     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4399 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4400     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4401     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4402     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4403     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4404 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4405     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4406     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4407     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4408     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4409     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4410     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4411     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4412     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4413     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4414     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4415     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4416 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4417     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4418     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4419     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4420     takes precedence over select.
4421     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4422     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4423     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4424     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4425 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4426     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4427     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4428 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4429     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4430     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4431     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4432     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4433     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4434     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4435     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4436     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4437 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4438 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4439     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4440     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4441     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4442     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4443     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4444     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4445     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4446     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4447 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4448 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4449     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4450     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4451     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4452 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4453     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4454 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4455     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4456     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4457     access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No such
4458     type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own type
4459     that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal handler \*(L"locking\*(R"
4460     as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers.
4461     .Sp
4462 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4463 root 1.61 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4464 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4465     .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4466 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4467 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4468     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4469 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4470     .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4471 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4472     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4473     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4474 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4475     .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4476 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4477 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4478 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4479     .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4480 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4481     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4482     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4483     around libev functions.
4484     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4485     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4486     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4487     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4488     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4489     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4490     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4491 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4492     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4493     .PD 0
4494     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4495     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4496     .PD
4497     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4498     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4499     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4500     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4501     .Sp
4502     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4503     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4504     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4505     fine.
4506     .Sp
4507 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4508     both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU\s0.
4509 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_IDLE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_EMBED_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_STAT_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_PREPARE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHECK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_FORK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_ASYNC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHILD_ENABLE\s0." 4
4510     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4511     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4512     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4513     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4514     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4515     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4516 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4517 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4518     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4519     that can be enabled on the platform.
4520     .Sp
4521     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4522     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4523     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4524     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4525     backend, use this:
4526     .Sp
4527     .Vb 5
4528     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4529     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4530     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4531     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4532     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4533     .Ve
4534     .Sp
4535     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4536     values:
4537     .RS 4
4538     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4539     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4540     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4541     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4542     .Sp
4543     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4544     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4545     .Sp
4546     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4547     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4548     assertions.
4549     .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4550     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4551     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4552     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4553     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4554     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4555     runtime.
4556     .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4557     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4558     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4559     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4560     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4561     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4562     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4563     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4564     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4565     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4566     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4567     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4568     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4569     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4570     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4571     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4572     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4573     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4574     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4575     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4576     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4577     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4578     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4579     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4580     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4581     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4582     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4583     default.
4584     .RE
4585     .RS 4
4586     .Sp
4587     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4588     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4589     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4590     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4591     .Sp
4592     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4593     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4594     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4595     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4596     .RE
4597     .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4598     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4599     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4600     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4601     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4602     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4603     big.
4604     .Sp
4605     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4606     enabled.
4607 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4608     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4609     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4610     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4611     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4612     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4613 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4614 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4615 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4616     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4617     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4618 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4619     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4620     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4621 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4622     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4623 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4624 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4625     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4626     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4627     power of two).
4628 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4629     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4630     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4631 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4632     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4633     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4634 root 1.65 .Sp
4635 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4636     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4637 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4638     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4639     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4640 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4641 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4642     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4643 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4644 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4645 root 1.65 .Sp
4646 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4647     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4648 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4649     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4650 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4651 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4652     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4653     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4654     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4655     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4656     libev considerably.
4657     .Sp
4658 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4659     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4660 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4661     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4662     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4663 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4664 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4665     though, and it must be identical each time.
4666     .Sp
4667     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4668     .Sp
4669     .Vb 3
4670 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4671     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4672     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4673 root 1.14 .Ve
4674 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
4675     .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
4676 root 1.14 .PD 0
4677 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
4678     .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
4679     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
4680     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
4681 root 1.14 .PD
4682     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
4683     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
4684 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
4685 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
4686 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
4687     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
4688 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED\s0 \s-1API\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0"
4689 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
4690 root 1.68 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
4691 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
4692     all public symbols, one per line:
4693 root 1.60 .PP
4694 root 1.53 .Vb 2
4695 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
4696     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
4697 root 1.53 .Ve
4698 root 1.60 .PP
4699 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
4700     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
4701 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
4702 root 1.60 .PP
4703 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
4704 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
4705 root 1.60 .PP
4706 root 1.53 .Vb 1
4707 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
4708 root 1.53 .Ve
4709 root 1.60 .PP
4710 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
4711 root 1.60 .PP
4712 root 1.53 .Vb 4
4713     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
4714     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
4715     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
4716     \& ...
4717     .Ve
4718 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
4719 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
4720     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
4721     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
4722     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
4723     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
4724     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
4725     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
4726     file.
4727 root 1.60 .PP
4728 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
4729 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
4730 root 1.60 .PP
4731 root 1.82 .Vb 8
4732     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
4733     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
4734     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
4735     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
4736     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
4737     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4738     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
4739 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
4740 root 1.60 \&
4741 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
4742 root 1.14 .Ve
4743 root 1.60 .PP
4744 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
4745 root 1.60 .PP
4746 root 1.14 .Vb 2
4747 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
4748     \& #include "ev.c"
4749 root 1.14 .Ve
4750 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
4751     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
4752 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1COROUTINES\s0"
4753 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
4754     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
4755 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
4756 root 1.72 .PP
4757 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
4758 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
4759     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
4760     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
4761     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
4762     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
4763 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
4764     .PP
4765     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
4766     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
4767     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
4768     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
4769     a mutex per loop).
4770     .PP
4771     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
4772     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
4773     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
4774     outside\*(R".
4775 root 1.64 .PP
4776 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
4777     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
4778 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
4779 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4780     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
4781 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
4782 root 1.64 .Sp
4783     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
4784     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
4785     .IP "\(bu" 4
4786     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
4787     .Sp
4788     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
4789     exists, but it is always a good start.
4790     .IP "\(bu" 4
4791     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
4792 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
4793 root 1.64 .Sp
4794 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
4795 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
4796     .IP "\(bu" 4
4797     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
4798 root 1.71 event loop.
4799     .Sp
4800     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
4801     (or from signal contexts...).
4802     .Sp
4803     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
4804     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
4805     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
4806     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
4807 root 1.72 .PP
4808 root 1.85 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0\*(R".
4809 root 1.79 .PP
4810 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
4811 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
4812 root 1.72 .PP
4813     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
4814     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
4815 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
4816 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
4817     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
4818     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
4819 root 1.64 .PP
4820 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
4821 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
4822 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
4823 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1COMPILER\s0 \s-1WARNINGS\s0"
4824 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
4825     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
4826     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
4827     scared by this.
4828     .PP
4829     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
4830     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
4831     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
4832     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
4833     .PP
4834     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
4835     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
4836     maintainable.
4837     .PP
4838     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
4839     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
4840     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
4841 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
4842 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
4843     such buggy versions.
4844     .PP
4845     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
4846     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
4847     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
4848     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
4849     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
4850 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
4851 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
4852     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
4853     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
4854     .PP
4855     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
4856     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
4857     .PP
4858     .Vb 3
4859     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
4860     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
4861     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
4862     .Ve
4863     .PP
4864     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
4865 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
4866 root 1.72 .PP
4867     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
4868     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
4869     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
4870     confused.
4871     .PP
4872     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
4873     make it into some kind of religion.
4874     .PP
4875     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
4876     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
4877     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
4878     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
4879     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
4880 root 1.60 .PP
4881 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
4882     I suggest using suppression lists.
4883     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
4884     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
4885 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX\s0 32 \s-1BIT\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0"
4886     .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
4887     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
4888     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
4889     .PP
4890     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
4891     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
4892     .PP
4893     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
4894     by enabling the large file \s-1API\s0, which makes them incompatible with the
4895     standard libev compiled for their system.
4896     .PP
4897     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
4898     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
4899     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
4900     .SS "\s-1OS/X\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1DARWIN\s0 \s-1BUGS\s0"
4901     .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
4902     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
4903     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
4904     OpenGL drivers.
4905     .PP
4906     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4907     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
4908     .PP
4909     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
4910     only sockets, many support pipes.
4911     .PP
4912     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
4913     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
4914     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
4915     probably going to work well.
4916     .PP
4917     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4918     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
4919     .PP
4920     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
4921     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
4922     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
4923     .PP
4924     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
4925     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
4926     a loop.
4927     .PP
4928     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4929     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
4930     .PP
4931     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
4932     one up as well: On \s-1OS/X\s0, \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
4933     descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
4934     you use more.
4935     .PP
4936     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
4937     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
4938     work on \s-1OS/X\s0.
4939     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS\s0 \s-1PROBLEMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
4940     .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
4941     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
4942     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
4943     .PP
4944     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
4945     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
4946     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
4947     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
4948     .PP
4949     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
4950     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
4951     .PP
4952     \fIEvent port backend\fR
4953     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
4954     .PP
4955     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
4956     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
4957     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
4958     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
4959     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
4960     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
4961     great.
4962     .PP
4963     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
4964     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
4965     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
4966     .SS "\s-1AIX\s0 \s-1POLL\s0 \s-1BUG\s0"
4967     .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
4968     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
4969     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
4970     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
4971     with large bitsets on \s-1AIX\s0, and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
4972 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WIN32\s0 \s-1PLATFORM\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
4973 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
4974 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
4975     .IX Subsection "General issues"
4976     .PP
4977 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
4978     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
4979     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
4980     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
4981     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
4982 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
4983     as every compielr comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
4984     environment.
4985 root 1.60 .PP
4986 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
4987 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
4988     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
4989     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
4990 root 1.65 .PP
4991 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
4992     embedding it into other applications.
4993     .PP
4994 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
4995     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
4996     .PP
4997 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
4998     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
4999     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5000     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5001 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5002 root 1.68 available).
5003     .PP
5004 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5005     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5006     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5007     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5008 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5009 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5010 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5011 root 1.68 .PP
5012     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5013     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5014     of \fIev.h\fR:
5015     .PP
5016     .Vb 2
5017     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5018     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5019     \&
5020     \& #include "ev.h"
5021     .Ve
5022     .PP
5023     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5024 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5025 root 1.68 .PP
5026     .Vb 2
5027     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5028     \& #include "ev.c"
5029     .Ve
5030 root 1.82 .PP
5031     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5032     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5033     .PP
5034 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5035     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5036     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5037 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5038     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5039 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5040     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5041 root 1.82 .PP
5042 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5043 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5044 root 1.82 .PP
5045 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5046 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5047     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5048 root 1.60 .Ve
5049 root 1.82 .PP
5050 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5051     complexity in the O(nA\*^X) range when using win32.
5052 root 1.82 .PP
5053     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5054     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5055     .PP
5056 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5057 root 1.82 .PP
5058 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5059     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5060 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5061 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5062 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5063 root 1.82 .PP
5064 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5065     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5066 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5067     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5068 root 1.82 .PP
5069 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5070 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5071     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5072     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5073     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5074     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5075     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5076     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5077     the cost of calling select (O(nA\*^X)) will likely make this unworkable.
5078 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY\s0 \s-1REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5079 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5080     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5081     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5082 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5083 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5084     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5085     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5086     structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO\s0 C for example), but it also
5087     assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5088     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5089     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5090 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5091     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5092     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5093     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5094 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5095     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5096     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5097     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5098 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5099 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5100     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5101     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5102     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5103     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5104     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5105     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5106     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5107     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5108     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5109     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5110     .Sp
5111     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5112     except the initial one, and run the default loop in the initial thread as
5113     well.
5114     .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5115     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5116     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5117 root 1.72 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API\s0, libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5118     instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5119     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5120     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5121     watchers.
5122 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5123     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5124     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5125     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5126 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5127     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5128     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5129     implementations using \s-1IEEE\s0 754, which is basically all existing ones. With
5130     \&\s-1IEEE\s0 754 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least 2200.
5131 root 1.65 .PP
5132     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5133 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5134     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5135     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5136     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5137     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5138 root 1.67 .PP
5139 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5140     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5141     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5142     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5143     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5144     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5145     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5146     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5147     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5148     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5149     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5150     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5151     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5152     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5153     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5154     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5155     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5156     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5157     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5158     .PD 0
5159     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5160     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5161     .PD
5162     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5163     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5164     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5165     is rare).
5166     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5167     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5168     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5169     fixed position in the storage array.
5170     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5171     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5172     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5173     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5174     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5175     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5176     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5177     .PD 0
5178     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5179     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5180     .PD
5181     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5182     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5183     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5184     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5185     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5186     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5187     .PD 0
5188     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5189     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5190     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5191     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5192     .PD
5193     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5194     calls in the current loop iteration. Checking for async and signal events
5195     involves iterating over all running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5196 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5197     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5198     The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API\s0.
5199     .PP
5200     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5201     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5202     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5203     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5204     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5205     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5206     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5207     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5208     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1MACROS\s0\*(R" in \s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0 in the \s-1EMBEDDING\s0
5209     section.
5210     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5211     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5212     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5213     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5214     .Sp
5215     .Vb 2
5216     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5217     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5218     .Ve
5219     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5220     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5221     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5222     .Sp
5223     .Vb 3
5224     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5225     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5226     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5227     \&
5228     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5229     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5230     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5231     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5232     \&
5233     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5234     \&
5235     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5236     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5237     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5238     .Ve
5239     .Sp
5240     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5241     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5242     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5243     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5244     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5245     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5246     typedef.
5247     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5248     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5249     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5250     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5251     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5252     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5253 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5254     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5255     .IP "active" 4
5256     .IX Item "active"
5257 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5258     See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5259 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5260     .IX Item "application"
5261     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5262 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5263     .IX Item "backend"
5264     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5265 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5266     .IX Item "callback"
5267     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5268     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5269     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5270 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5271     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5272 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5273     .IP "event" 4
5274     .IX Item "event"
5275     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5276     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5277     any other events happening anymore.
5278     .Sp
5279     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5280 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5281 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5282     .IX Item "event library"
5283     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5284     .IP "event loop" 4
5285     .IX Item "event loop"
5286     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5287     into callback invocations.
5288     .IP "event model" 4
5289     .IX Item "event model"
5290     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5291     watchers and events.
5292     .IP "pending" 4
5293     .IX Item "pending"
5294 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5295     detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5296 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5297     .IX Item "real time"
5298     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5299     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5300     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5301     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5302 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5303 root 1.78 clock.
5304     .IP "watcher" 4
5305     .IX Item "watcher"
5306     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5307     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5308 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5309     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5310 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5311 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.